Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the+common+men

Толкование Перевод

41 in

[ɪn] 1. предл.
1)

а) внутри, в, на, в пределах

dried in a furnace — высушенный в горниле

His chamber in Merton Coll. — Его комната в Мертон Колл.

I never saw greater devotion in any countenance. — Ни на одном лице я не видел выражения большей религиозности.

They are in the open sea. — Они в открытом море.

Hundreds lay languishing in prison. — В тюрьме гноили тысячи.

The worthiest man in Europe. — Самый богатый человек в Европе.

A word rings in my memory. — Мне все вспоминается одно слово.

She bathes in water. — Она купается в воде.

Thou (= you) wilt (= will) not leave us here in the dust. — Ты не оставишь нас здесь в пыли.

Groping in the dark. — Ползая во тьме.

б) из, среди, как часть

Ninety-nine in a hundred were attentive. — Из сотни внимательны были девяносто девять.

A debtor offered 6s. in the pound. — Должник предложил шесть шиллингов на каждый фунт.

The plaintiff applied for shares in this company. — Истец требовал доли в этой фирме.

- in places
- in parts
в) с характерными признаками в виде

A lovely girl in mourning is sitting. — Сидит милая девушка в трауре.

I am to be hanged in chains. — Меня закуют в цепи и подвесят.

During the descent Tuckett and I were in the same cord with them. — Во время спуска я и Такетт были в одной с ними связке.

г) в, внутрь, в центр, в направлении к

The said John cast the said writing in the fire. — Указанный Джон бросил указанную бумагу в огонь.

He plunged his lousy head in the pillows. — Он зарылся своей вшивой башкой в подушки.

д) ( in-) внутренний, не выходящий за пределы (процесса, организации)

Our in-company training programs. — Наши внутрифирменные программы обучения.

In-process gauging could halt waste. — Измерения по ходу процесса могут предотвратить потери.

For drying grass seed, the in-sack drier had many advantages. — Что касается сушки травяных семян, внутримешочная сушка имеет много преимуществ.

Development of in-service training for staff nurses. — Разработка программы обучения медсестер без отрыва от производства.

2)

а) во время, в течение

In the beginning God made of nought heaven and earth. — Вначале сотворил Господь небо и землю.

He was never so afraid in his days. — Никогда в жизни он не был так испуган.

Common in times of famine. — Обычное дело в голодные времена.

Between the hours of twelve and four in the morning. — Между двенадцатью и четырьмя часами утра.

All the gentlemen's houses you'll see in a railway excursion. — Все дома дворянства вы увидите во время железнодорожной экскурсии.

No Sunday shower kept him at home in that important hour. — Никакой дождь не мог удержать его дома в воскресенье в такое важное время.

б) за (истечением), в течение, в пределах

Men may sail it in seven days. — За семь дней это можно переплыть.

From this machine gun 1,000 bullets can be discharged in a single minute. — Этот пулемет имеет скорострельность 1000 пуль в минуту.

By working hard he could make one in a week. — Напряженно работая, он мог сделать одну такую вещь за неделю.

He died in three months. — Он умер через три месяца.

I came back from Oxford in ten days. — Через десять дней я вернулся из Оксфорда.

The succeeding four months in which we continued at sea. — Следующие четыре месяца, в течение которых мы были в море.

в) на протяжении

He was hungry as he had not been in months. — Ни разу за все прошедшие месяцы он не был так голоден, как сейчас.

Arlene said that she had not played tennis in three years. — Арлин говорит, что три года не играла в теннис.

3)

а) из (какого-л. материала)

A statue of a horse in brass. — Медная статуя лошади.

A long coat in green velvet. — Длинный плащ из зеленого бархата.

б) в объёме, в размере

In the main they agree with us. — В основном они с нами согласны.

Any act repealing in whole or in part any former statute. — Любой закон, отменяющий полностью или частично предыдущий статут.

Drift-wood was lying about in large quantities. — Плавник был разбросан повсюду в огромных количествах.

в) в качестве; взамен, вместо; в виде

She thus in answer spake (= spoke). — В ответ она сказала так.

He has written to the newspaper in reply to his assailant. — Он написал в газету письмо в ответ на нападки.

4)

а) в пределах досягаемости

All is in my sight. — Все доступно моему взору.

б) в качестве, в порядке

The living of Framley was in the gift of the Lufton family. — Содержание Фреймли было подарком от семьи Лафтонов, было содержанием, сутью дара семьи Лафтонов.

It was in newspapers. — Об этом писали в газетах.

в) в рядах, в кругу, в курсе

A friend of mine is in the army. — Один мой друг служит в армии.

Mind I'm in it. — Помни, я в деле.

I thought I really was in it at last, and knew what she meant. — Я полагал, что меня наконец "допустили", что я понимал, что она имеет в виду.

To those in it every sound conveys a meaning. — Для посвященных каждый звук наполнен смыслом.

г) в руках, в ведении, во власти; в стиле, в духе

The government of Greece is in the king. — Исполнительная власть в Греции принадлежит королю.

It is in me to punish you. — У меня есть право тебя наказывать.

His lordship knows rudeness is not in me. — Его превосходительство знает, что грубости не в моем духе.

Anyone who has it in him to do heroic deeds. — Любой человек, обладающий способностью совершать геройские поступки, способный на геройство.

The minerals, therefore, are in the trustees. — По этой причине камни хранятся у доверенных лиц.

д) в (о наличии интереса, "изюминки" в чем-л., о сравнительном достоинстве кого-л. / чего-л.)

The first round there was nothing much in it. — В первом раунде не произошло ничего особенного.

The "Washingtonologists" in Moscow must be getting their files out to see what is in it for the Soviet Union, and for the world. — "Вашингтонологи" в Москве, должно быть, роются сейчас в своих досье, пытаясь понять, что это означает для Советского Союза, да и для планеты вообще.

I can't see what there was in it for Mrs Plum. — Не могу понять, что это так заинтересовало миссис Плам.

I thought the Party knew all the technique there is about handling people, but they're not in it with the Church. — Я полагал, партия умела управлять людьми, но на самом деле до церкви ей конечно далеко.

All people are killers, potentially. Tigers aren't in it with people. — Все люди - потенциальные убийцы, куда там тиграм, тигры отдыхают!

5)

а) в состоянии, в положении

a cow in milk — дойная корова

Groping in our blindness we may seem big now, but, really, we're so small. (P. Hammill) — Мы идём по жизни на ощупь, как слепые, и кажемся порой великими, но, по правде, мы столь ничтожны.

All the Court was in a hubbub. — В зале суда бушевала буря.

Her husband has been in love with her ever since he knew her. — Её муж влюбился в неё ещё тогда, когда впервые её увидел.

You are absolutely forbidden speaking to him in private. — Вам категорически запрещается разговаривать с ним в приватной обстановке / с глазу на глаз.

The sea was in a blaze for many miles. — Море сверкало на много миль вперёд.

б) в процессе, в ходе

The Lacedemonians are already in labour of the war. — Лакедемоняне уже воюют.

In search of plunder. — В поисках, чего бы пограбить.

They have been in almost every variety of crime, from petty larceny down to downright murder. — Они совершили все возможные преступления, от простых краж прямо-таки до убийств.

He was drowned in crossing the river. — Он утонул, переправляясь через реку.

в) употребляется при указании на способ действия; переводится обычно наречиями или наречными оборотами; употребления часто сходны с аналогичными употреблениями предлога with

in the manner anciently used — cпособом, известным с древности

He told several people in confidence. — Он рассказал некоторым доверенным лицам.

He begged in piteous terms that he might be admitted to the royal presence. — Он униженно просил аудиенции у короля.

Among the trees in pairs they rose, they walked. (J. Milton, Paradise Lost, Book VII) — Попарно звери встали меж дерев и разминулись по местам своим. (пер. А. Штейнберга)

A hawk flew in a circle, screaming. — Крича, летал кругами ястреб.

He spoke in a strong French accent. — Он говорил с сильным французским акцентом

Bede is writing in a dead language, Gregory in a living. (M. Pattison) — Беда Достопочтенный пишет на мёртвом языке, папа Григорий I на живом.

A French ship ballasted in mahogany. — Французский корабль, груженый красным деревом.

Half-length portraits, in crayons. — Карандашные рисунки в половину роста.

6)

а) для, внутри; само по себе ( с возвратными местоимениями)

Of things absolutely or in themselves. — О вещах безотносительно к чему бы то ни было или о вещах самих по себе.

The story may be true in itself. — Сам по себе рассказ может быть правдив.

б) поэт. во (имя), ради

As in Adam all men die, so in Christ all men shall be resurrected. ( Bible) — Как в Адаме все умирают, так во Христе все оживут.

Blessed are the dead men, that die in the Lord. ( Bible) — Отныне блаженны мёртвые, умирающие в Господе.

в) в лице, в роли, по отношению к

I am to come out in Hamlet, in Laertes. — Мне предстоит играть в "Гамлете" Лаэрта.

Dread no thief in me! — Не бойся, я не вор!

How great a captain England possessed in her future King. — Какого великого полководца имела Британия в лице своего будущего короля!

All the thirty were in politics vehemently opposed to the prisoner. — Что касается политических взглядов, все тридцать были из противной узнику партии.

•

Gram:

[ref dict="LingvoGrammar (En-Ru)"]in[/ref]
2. нареч.
1) внутри; внутрь; с внутренней стороны

coat with furry side in — дублёнка ( мехом внутрь)

2) рядом, поблизости

Syn:

near 2.
3. сущ.
1)

а) ( the ins) разг. политическая партия, находящаяся у власти

- ins and outs

б) высокопоставленный чиновник

2) влияние, воздействие

the same sort of in — такое же воздействие

Syn:

influence 1., pull 1.
4. прил.
1)

а) расположенный внутри

б) внутренний, для внутреннего пользования

in information — внутренняя (секретная) информация

•

Syn:

inner

2) разг. находящийся у власти

- in party

3)

а) направленный внутрь

б) приближающийся, прибывающий

I saw the in train. — Я увидел прибывающий поезд.

Syn:

incoming 2.

4) разг.

а) модный

the in thing to do — самое модное увлечение

б) поддающийся влиянию моды ( о людях)

Англо-русский современный словарь > in
42 populares

pŏpŭlāris (sync. poplāris, Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 36), e, adj. [1. populus], of or belonging to the people, proceeding from or designed for the people.
I.
In gen.:
populares leges,
i. e. laws instituted by the people, Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
accessus,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8, § 25:
coetus,
id. Ac. 2, 2, 6:
munus,
a donation to the people, id. Off. 2, 16, 56:
popularia verba usitata,
id. ib. 2, 10, 35; cf.:
ad usum popularem atque civilem disserere,
id. Leg. 3, 6, 14:
dictio ad vulgarem popularemque sensum accommodata,
id. de Or. 1, 23, 108:
oratio philosophorum... nec sententiis nec verbis instructa popularibus,
id. Or. 19, 64:
popularis oratio,
id. ib. 44, 151:
populari nomine aliquid appellare,
Plin. 13, 4, 9, § 48:
laudes,
in the mouths of the people, Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:
admiratio,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 2:
honor,
Cic. Dom. 18:
ventus,
popular favor, id. Clu. 47, 130 init.:
aura,
Hor. C. 3, 2, 20:
civitas,
democracy, Plin. 7, 56, 57, § 200 (opp. regia civitas, monarchy):
popularia sacra sunt, ut ait Labeo, quae omnes cives faciunt nec certis familiis attributa sunt,
Fest. p.253 Müll.—
B.
Subst.: pŏpŭlārĭa, ĭum, n. (sc. subsellia), the seats of the people in the theatre, the common seats, Suet. Claud. 25; id. Dom. 4 fin. —
II.
In partic.
A.
Of or belonging to the same people or country, native, indigenous (as an adj. rare):
Sappho puellis de popularibus querentem vidimus,
Hor. C. 2, 13, 25:
flumina,
of the same district, Ov. M. 1, 577:
oliva,
native, id. ib. 7, 498.—
2.
As subst.: pŏpŭlāris, is, comm. (freq. and class.).
(α).
Masc., a countryman, fellow-countryman:
redire ad suos populares, Naev. ap. Fest. s. v. stuprum, p. 317 Müll.: o mi popularis, salve,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 79:
o populares,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 1; id. Ad. 2, 1, 1:
popularis ac sodalis suus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
ego vero Solonis, popularis tui, ut puto, etiam mei, legem neglegam (for Cicero had also lived in Athens),
id. Att. 10, 1, 2:
popularis alicujus definiti loci (opp. civis totius mundi),
id. Leg. 1, 23, 61:
non populares modo,
Liv. 29, 1:
cum turbā popularium,
Just. 43, 1, 6: quae res indicabat populares esse.—
(β).
Fem.:
mea popularis opsecro haec est?
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 35; 4, 4, 36; 4, 8, 4 al.; Sall. J. 58, 4:
tibi popularis,
Ov. M. 12, 191.—
b.
Transf.
(α).
Of animals and plants of the same region:
leaena, Ov. lb. 503: (glires) populares ejusdem silvae (opp. alienigenae, amne vel monte discreti),
Plin. 8, 57, 82, § 224:
populares eorum (prunorum) myxae,
id. 15, 13, 12, § 43.—
(β).
Of persons of the same condition, occupation, tastes, etc., a companion, partner, associate, accomplice, comrade: meus popularis Geta, fellow (i. e. a slave), Ter. Phorm. 1, 1, 1:
populares conjurationis,
Sall. C. 24, 1; 52, 14:
sceleris,
id. ib. 22, 1: invitis hoc nostris popularibus dicam, the men of our school, i. e. the Stoics, Sen. Vit. Beat. 13.—
B.
In a political signification, of or belonging to the people, attached or devoted to the people (as opposed to the nobility), popular, democratic:
res publica ex tribus generibus illis, regali et optumati et populari confusa modice,
Cic. Rep. 2, 23, 41 (ap. Non. 342, 31):
homo maxime popularis,
Cic. Clu. 28, 77:
consul veritate non ostentatione popularis,
id. Agr. 1, 7, 23: animus vere popularis, saluti populi consulens, id. Cat. 4, 5, 9:
ingenium,
Liv. 2, 24:
sacerdos, i. e. Clodius, as attached to the popular party,
Cic. Sest. 30, 66:
vir,
Liv. 6, 20: homo, of the common people (opp. rex), Vulg. Sap. 18, 11. —Hence, subst.: pŏpŭlāres, ĭum, m., the people's party, the democrats (opp. optimates, the aristocrats):
duo genera semper in hac civitate fuerunt... quibus ex generibus alteri se populares, alteri optimates et haberi et esse voluerunt. Quia ea quae faciebant, multitudini jucunda esse volebant, populares habebantur,
Cic. Sest. 45, 96:
qui populares habebantur,
id. ib. 49, 105:
ex quo evenit, ut alii populares, alii studiosi optimi cujusque videantur,
id. Off. 1, 25, 85.—
C.
Acceptable to the people, agreeable to the multitude, popular:
dixi in senatu me popularem consulem futurum. Quid enim est tam populare quam pax?
Cic. Agr. 2, 4, 9:
potest nihil esse tam populare quam id quod ego consul popularis adfero, pacem, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 37, 102:
quo nihil popularius est,
Liv. 7, 33, 3:
populare gratumque audientibus,
Plin. Paneg. 77, 4.—
D.
Of or belonging to the citizens (as opposed to the soldiery):
quique rem agunt duelli, quique populare auspicium,
Cic. Leg.2, 8; cf.Amm. 14, 10; usually as subst.: popŭlāris, is, m., a citizen (post-class.):
multa milia et popularium et militum,
Capitol. Ant. Phil. 17; Dig. 1, 12, 1 fin.:
popularibus militibusque,
Juv. 26, 3, 5; Amm. 22, 2.—
E.
Belonging to or fit for the common people; hence, common, coarse, mean, bad: sal. Cato, R. R. 88:
pulli (apium),
Col. 9, 11, 4: popularia agere, to play coarse tricks, Laber. ap. Non. 150, 25.—Hence, adv.: pŏpŭlārĭter.
A.
After the manner of the common people, i. e. commonly, coarsely, vulgarly, Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
loqui,
id. Fin. 2, 6, 17:
scriptus liber (opp. limatius),
id. ib. 5, 5, 12.—
B.
In a popular manner, popularly, democratically:
agere,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73:
conciones seditiose ac populariter excitatae,
id. Clu. 34, 93:
occidere quemlibet populariter,
to win popularity, Juv. 3, 37.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > populares
43 popularis

pŏpŭlāris (sync. poplāris, Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 36), e, adj. [1. populus], of or belonging to the people, proceeding from or designed for the people.
I.
In gen.:
populares leges,
i. e. laws instituted by the people, Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
accessus,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8, § 25:
coetus,
id. Ac. 2, 2, 6:
munus,
a donation to the people, id. Off. 2, 16, 56:
popularia verba usitata,
id. ib. 2, 10, 35; cf.:
ad usum popularem atque civilem disserere,
id. Leg. 3, 6, 14:
dictio ad vulgarem popularemque sensum accommodata,
id. de Or. 1, 23, 108:
oratio philosophorum... nec sententiis nec verbis instructa popularibus,
id. Or. 19, 64:
popularis oratio,
id. ib. 44, 151:
populari nomine aliquid appellare,
Plin. 13, 4, 9, § 48:
laudes,
in the mouths of the people, Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:
admiratio,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 2:
honor,
Cic. Dom. 18:
ventus,
popular favor, id. Clu. 47, 130 init.:
aura,
Hor. C. 3, 2, 20:
civitas,
democracy, Plin. 7, 56, 57, § 200 (opp. regia civitas, monarchy):
popularia sacra sunt, ut ait Labeo, quae omnes cives faciunt nec certis familiis attributa sunt,
Fest. p.253 Müll.—
B.
Subst.: pŏpŭlārĭa, ĭum, n. (sc. subsellia), the seats of the people in the theatre, the common seats, Suet. Claud. 25; id. Dom. 4 fin. —
II.
In partic.
A.
Of or belonging to the same people or country, native, indigenous (as an adj. rare):
Sappho puellis de popularibus querentem vidimus,
Hor. C. 2, 13, 25:
flumina,
of the same district, Ov. M. 1, 577:
oliva,
native, id. ib. 7, 498.—
2.
As subst.: pŏpŭlāris, is, comm. (freq. and class.).
(α).
Masc., a countryman, fellow-countryman:
redire ad suos populares, Naev. ap. Fest. s. v. stuprum, p. 317 Müll.: o mi popularis, salve,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 79:
o populares,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 1; id. Ad. 2, 1, 1:
popularis ac sodalis suus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
ego vero Solonis, popularis tui, ut puto, etiam mei, legem neglegam (for Cicero had also lived in Athens),
id. Att. 10, 1, 2:
popularis alicujus definiti loci (opp. civis totius mundi),
id. Leg. 1, 23, 61:
non populares modo,
Liv. 29, 1:
cum turbā popularium,
Just. 43, 1, 6: quae res indicabat populares esse.—
(β).
Fem.:
mea popularis opsecro haec est?
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 35; 4, 4, 36; 4, 8, 4 al.; Sall. J. 58, 4:
tibi popularis,
Ov. M. 12, 191.—
b.
Transf.
(α).
Of animals and plants of the same region:
leaena, Ov. lb. 503: (glires) populares ejusdem silvae (opp. alienigenae, amne vel monte discreti),
Plin. 8, 57, 82, § 224:
populares eorum (prunorum) myxae,
id. 15, 13, 12, § 43.—
(β).
Of persons of the same condition, occupation, tastes, etc., a companion, partner, associate, accomplice, comrade: meus popularis Geta, fellow (i. e. a slave), Ter. Phorm. 1, 1, 1:
populares conjurationis,
Sall. C. 24, 1; 52, 14:
sceleris,
id. ib. 22, 1: invitis hoc nostris popularibus dicam, the men of our school, i. e. the Stoics, Sen. Vit. Beat. 13.—
B.
In a political signification, of or belonging to the people, attached or devoted to the people (as opposed to the nobility), popular, democratic:
res publica ex tribus generibus illis, regali et optumati et populari confusa modice,
Cic. Rep. 2, 23, 41 (ap. Non. 342, 31):
homo maxime popularis,
Cic. Clu. 28, 77:
consul veritate non ostentatione popularis,
id. Agr. 1, 7, 23: animus vere popularis, saluti populi consulens, id. Cat. 4, 5, 9:
ingenium,
Liv. 2, 24:
sacerdos, i. e. Clodius, as attached to the popular party,
Cic. Sest. 30, 66:
vir,
Liv. 6, 20: homo, of the common people (opp. rex), Vulg. Sap. 18, 11. —Hence, subst.: pŏpŭlāres, ĭum, m., the people's party, the democrats (opp. optimates, the aristocrats):
duo genera semper in hac civitate fuerunt... quibus ex generibus alteri se populares, alteri optimates et haberi et esse voluerunt. Quia ea quae faciebant, multitudini jucunda esse volebant, populares habebantur,
Cic. Sest. 45, 96:
qui populares habebantur,
id. ib. 49, 105:
ex quo evenit, ut alii populares, alii studiosi optimi cujusque videantur,
id. Off. 1, 25, 85.—
C.
Acceptable to the people, agreeable to the multitude, popular:
dixi in senatu me popularem consulem futurum. Quid enim est tam populare quam pax?
Cic. Agr. 2, 4, 9:
potest nihil esse tam populare quam id quod ego consul popularis adfero, pacem, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 37, 102:
quo nihil popularius est,
Liv. 7, 33, 3:
populare gratumque audientibus,
Plin. Paneg. 77, 4.—
D.
Of or belonging to the citizens (as opposed to the soldiery):
quique rem agunt duelli, quique populare auspicium,
Cic. Leg.2, 8; cf.Amm. 14, 10; usually as subst.: popŭlāris, is, m., a citizen (post-class.):
multa milia et popularium et militum,
Capitol. Ant. Phil. 17; Dig. 1, 12, 1 fin.:
popularibus militibusque,
Juv. 26, 3, 5; Amm. 22, 2.—
E.
Belonging to or fit for the common people; hence, common, coarse, mean, bad: sal. Cato, R. R. 88:
pulli (apium),
Col. 9, 11, 4: popularia agere, to play coarse tricks, Laber. ap. Non. 150, 25.—Hence, adv.: pŏpŭlārĭter.
A.
After the manner of the common people, i. e. commonly, coarsely, vulgarly, Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
loqui,
id. Fin. 2, 6, 17:
scriptus liber (opp. limatius),
id. ib. 5, 5, 12.—
B.
In a popular manner, popularly, democratically:
agere,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73:
conciones seditiose ac populariter excitatae,
id. Clu. 34, 93:
occidere quemlibet populariter,
to win popularity, Juv. 3, 37.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > popularis
44 summum

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > summum
45 Superi

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Superi
46 superus

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > superus
47 suprema

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suprema
48 supremum

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > supremum
49 supremus

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > supremus
50 λαός

λαός

Grammatical information: m.

Meaning: `(the common) folk, crowd, military, people', in the NT esp. `the Jewish people', pl. `the military, men, subjects, serfs', also `the laity' (LXX); in sing. `follower' (Hecat. 23J.); on use and spread amply Björck Alpha impurum 318ff. (Il., Dor., hell).

Other forms: Ion. ληός (rare), Ion. Att. λεώς (archaic a. rare)

Dialectal forms: Myc. rawaketa \/lāwāgetās\/ cf. Chantraine Études 88m. n. 1

Compounds: Many old compp.: ΛαϜο-πτόλεμος, Ϝιό-λαϜος (Cor.), λαγέτας m. `leader of the people' (Pi.) from λᾱϜ-ᾱγετᾱς, Λα-έρ-της s.v., λαο-σσόος `urging the men' (Hom.; s. σεύω), λαο-, λεω-φόρος `carrying the people, publicly', of streets, as subst. `road' (Il.), Μενέλαος (Il.), - λεως Att. (Björck 104 ff.), a.o.; on the compounds Fick-Bechtel PN 184ff., and Björck l.c.

Derivatives: Few derivv. (partly because of the synonymous δῆμος, partly because of the homonymous forms of λᾱ̃ας): 1. λαϊκός `of the people, common' (hell.). 2. λαώδης `popular' (Ph., Plu.). 3. Λήϊτος PN (Il.), λήϊτον n. (on the very rare suffix - ιτο- Schwyzer 504) `townhall' with the Achaeans (Hdt., Plu. with Ion.- Att. form for) λάϊτον τὸ ἀρχεῖον, λαΐτων τῶν δημοσίων τόπων H.; beside it a.o λῃ̃τον (cod. λῃτόν) δημόσιον, ληΐτη, οἱ δε λῄτη (cod. λῃτή) ἱέρεια; cf. λαιετόν `townhall' (Su.) [strange]. λειτόν βλάσφημον H. (correct?); Fur. 238 n. 45 objects that - ιτο- is a Pre-Greek suffix, ib. 163, 187. Deriv. ληιτιαί ἡγεμονίαι, στρατιαί H. (Scheller Oxytonierung 91).

Origin: IE [Indo-European] [00] *leh₂-u̯o- `(fighting) people'

Etymology: As adj. 1.member in λῃτουργέω ( λειτ-) `fulfill a public office on private means, provide a (public, ecclesiastical) service' with λῃτουργ-ία ( λειτ-) `state-, service, Liturgie' (Att.), - ός, - ημα etc. (hell.), comp. *ληϊτο-Ϝεργ-έω to *λήϊτα ἔργα, cf. δημιουργέω, - ός (s.v.); also λῄτ-αρχος m. `public priest' (Lyc. 991). - Cf. also λείτωρ. Like thr Germ. word for `people', OHG liut, OE lēod, λᾱ(Ϝ)ός was origin. an (abstracte) collective; to it came the plur. λᾱ(Ϝ)οί as liuti, lēode ' Leute', to which again the sing. ληός `follower' as liut `man', cf. Schwyzer-Debrunner 42 n. 3, Wackernagel Synt. 1,92 f. - Otherwise than with the synonymous δῆμος and στρατός, λᾱ(Ϝ)ός, which was in Ion.-Att. never quite a thome, has no IE. etymologie, but was nevertheless old. (Not to λᾶας.) Mostly connected with Hitt. lah̯h̯a- `campaign' (Sturtevanr Lang. 7 (1931) 120; Tischler, Heth. etym. Glossar 5, 8). - In Maced.-Epir. PN Δρεβελαου v. Blumenthal IF 49, 181ff. finds an Illyr. pendant of Gr. Τρεφέλεως (further a PN Lava).

Page in Frisk: 2,83-84

Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > λαός
51 Philosophy

   1) There Are Ideas That Have Their Own True and Immutable Nature

   And what I believe to be more important here is that I find in myself an infinity of ideas of certain things which cannot be assumed to be pure nothingness, even though they may have perhaps no existence outside of my thought. These things are not figments of my imagination, even though it is within my power to think of them or not to think of them; on the contrary, they have their own true and immutable natures. Thus, for example, when I imagine a triangle, even though there may perhaps be no such figure anywhere in the world outside of my thought, nor ever have been, nevertheless the figure cannot help having a certain determinate nature... or essence, which is immutable and eternal, which I have not invented and which does not in any way depend upon my mind. (Descartes, 1951, p. 61)

   2) Examine What Is within Our Reach

   Let us console ourselves for not knowing the possible connections between a spider and the rings of Saturn, and continue to examine what is within our reach. (Voltaire, 1961, p. 144)

   3) Modern Philosophy Starts with the Cartesian Catastrophe

   As modern physics started with the Newtonian revolution, so modern philosophy starts with what one might call the Cartesian Catastrophe. The catastrophe consisted in the splitting up of the world into the realms of matter and mind, and the identification of "mind" with conscious thinking. The result of this identification was the shallow rationalism of l'esprit Cartesien, and an impoverishment of psychology which it took three centuries to remedy even in part. (Koestler, 1964, p. 148)

   4) The Rightful Claims of Philosophy

   It has been made of late a reproach against natural philosophy that it has struck out on a path of its own, and has separated itself more and more widely from the other sciences which are united by common philological and historical studies. The opposition has, in fact, been long apparent, and seems to me to have grown up mainly under the inﬂuence of the Hegelian philosophy, or, at any rate, to have been brought out into more distinct relief by that philosophy.... The sole object of Kant's "Critical Philosophy" was to test the sources and the authority of our knowledge, and to fix a definite scope and standard for the researches of philosophy, as compared with other sciences.... [But Hegel's] "Philosophy of Identity" was bolder. It started with the hypothesis that not only spiritual phenomena, but even the actual world-nature, that is, and man-were the result of an act of thought on the part of a creative mind, similar, it was supposed, in kind to the human mind.... The philosophers accused the scientific men of narrowness; the scientific men retorted that the philosophers were crazy. And so it came about that men of science began to lay some stress on the banishment of all philosophic inﬂuences from their work; while some of them, including men of the greatest acuteness, went so far as to condemn philosophy altogether, not merely as useless, but as mischievous dreaming. Thus, it must be confessed, not only were the illegitimate pretensions of the Hegelian system to subordinate to itself all other studies rejected, but no regard was paid to the rightful claims of philosophy, that is, the criticism of the sources of cognition, and the definition of the functions of the intellect. (Helmholz, quoted in Dampier, 1966, pp. 291-292)

   5) The Philosophy of Philosophy

   Philosophy remains true to its classical tradition by renouncing it. (Habermas, 1972, p. 317)

   6) Philosophy Is a Field Which Has Certain Central Questions

   I have not attempted... to put forward any grand view of the nature of philosophy; nor do I have any such grand view to put forth if I would. It will be obvious that I do not agree with those who see philosophy as the history of "howlers" and progress in philosophy as the debunking of howlers. It will also be obvious that I do not agree with those who see philosophy as the enterprise of putting forward a priori truths about the world.... I see philosophy as a field which has certain central questions, for example, the relation between thought and reality.... It seems obvious that in dealing with these questions philosophers have formulated rival research programs, that they have put forward general hypotheses, and that philosophers within each major research program have modified their hypotheses by trial and error, even if they sometimes refuse to admit that that is what they are doing. To that extent philosophy is a "science." To argue about whether philosophy is a science in any more serious sense seems to me to be hardly a useful occupation.... It does not seem to me important to decide whether science is philosophy or philosophy is science as long as one has a conception of both that makes both essential to a responsible view of the world and of man's place in it. (Putnam, 1975, p. xvii)

   7) The Central Task of Philosophy

   What can philosophy contribute to solving the problem of the relation [of] mind to body? Twenty years ago, many English-speaking philosophers would have answered: "Nothing beyond an analysis of the various mental concepts." If we seek knowledge of things, they thought, it is to science that we must turn. Philosophy can only cast light upon our concepts of those things.

   This retreat from things to concepts was not undertaken lightly. Ever since the seventeenth century, the great intellectual fact of our culture has been the incredible expansion of knowledge both in the natural and in the rational sciences (mathematics, logic).

   The success of science created a crisis in philosophy. What was there for philosophy to do? Hume had already perceived the problem in some degree, and so surely did Kant, but it was not until the twentieth century, with the Vienna Circle and with Wittgenstein, that the difficulty began to weigh heavily. Wittgenstein took the view that philosophy could do no more than strive to undo the intellectual knots it itself had tied, so achieving intellectual release, and even a certain illumination, but no knowledge. A little later, and more optimistically, Ryle saw a positive, if reduced role, for philosophy in mapping the "logical geography" of our concepts: how they stood to each other and how they were to be analyzed....

   Since that time, however, philosophers in the "analytic" tradition have swung back from Wittgensteinian and even Rylean pessimism to a more traditional conception of the proper role and tasks of philosophy. Many analytic philosophers now would accept the view that the central task of philosophy is to give an account, or at least play a part in giving an account, of the most general nature of things and of man. (Armstrong, 1990, pp. 37-38)

   8) Philosophy's Evolving Engagement with Artificial Intelligence and Cognitive Science

   In the beginning, the nature of philosophy's engagement with artificial intelligence and cognitive science was clear enough. The new sciences of the mind were to provide the long-awaited vindication of the most potent dreams of naturalism and materialism. Mind would at last be located firmly within the natural order. We would see in detail how the most perplexing features of the mental realm could be supported by the operations of solely physical laws upon solely physical stuff. Mental causation (the power of, e.g., a belief to cause an action) would emerge as just another species of physical causation. Reasoning would be understood as a kind of automated theorem proving. And the key to both was to be the depiction of the brain as the implementation of multiple higher level programs whose task was to manipulate and transform symbols or representations: inner items with one foot in the physical (they were realized as brain states) and one in the mental (they were bearers of contents, and their physical gymnastics were cleverly designed to respect semantic relationships such as truth preservation). (A. Clark, 1996, p. 1)

   9) The Enduring Value of Philosophy

   Socrates of Athens famously declared that "the unexamined life is not worth living," and his motto aptly explains the impulse to philosophize. Taking nothing for granted, philosophy probes and questions the fundamental presuppositions of every area of human inquiry.... [P]art of the job of the philosopher is to keep at a certain critical distance from current doctrines, whether in the sciences or the arts, and to examine instead how the various elements in our world-view clash, or fit together. Some philosophers have tried to incorporate the results of these inquiries into a grand synoptic view of the nature of reality and our human relationship to it. Others have mistrusted system-building, and seen their primary role as one of clarifications, or the removal of obstacles along the road to truth. But all have shared the Socratic vision of using the human intellect to challenge comfortable preconceptions, insisting that every aspect of human theory and practice be subjected to continuing critical scrutiny....

   Philosophy is, of course, part of a continuing tradition, and there is much to be gained from seeing how that tradition originated and developed. But the principal object of studying the materials in this book is not to pay homage to past genius, but to enrich one's understanding of central problems that are as pressing today as they have always been-problems about knowledge, truth and reality, the nature of the mind, the basis of right action, and the best way to live. These questions help to mark out the territory of philosophy as an academic discipline, but in a wider sense they define the human predicament itself; they will surely continue to be with us for as long as humanity endures. (Cottingham, 1996, pp. xxi-xxii)

    10) The Distinction between Dionysian Man and Apollonian Man, between Art and Creativity and Reason and Self- Control

   In his study of ancient Greek culture, The Birth of Tragedy, Nietzsche drew what would become a famous distinction, between the Dionysian spirit, the untamed spirit of art and creativity, and the Apollonian, that of reason and self-control. The story of Greek civilization, and all civilizations, Nietzsche implied, was the gradual victory of Apollonian man, with his desire for control over nature and himself, over Dionysian man, who survives only in myth, poetry, music, and drama. Socrates and Plato had attacked the illusions of art as unreal, and had overturned the delicate cultural balance by valuing only man's critical, rational, and controlling consciousness while denigrating his vital life instincts as irrational and base. The result of this division is "Alexandrian man," the civilized and accomplished Greek citizen of the later ancient world, who is "equipped with the greatest forces of knowledge" but in whom the wellsprings of creativity have dried up. (Herman, 1997, pp. 95-96)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Philosophy
52 FÉ-LAG

n. [this word and the following are of Scandin. origin, and found neither in early A. S. nor South-Teut. dialects; the Germans use genosse and genossenschaft; the E. Engl. felaw (mod. fellow) is a northern word]

I. prop. a laying one’s fee together, i. e. fellowship, partnership, Grág. i. 330, ii. 72, 73 (passim); eiga félag saman, Fbr. 102; nú leggja menn félag sitt saman, ok verja ór einum sjóð, Jb. 406; skipta til félags, to share in partnership, Sks. 32; eiga félag við e-n, to be in partnership with one, Eg. 76; leggja félag við e-n, to enter into partnership with one, Fms. iv. 124; hafa félag við e-n, id., 296: Hallr fór milli landa, ok hafði félag Ólafs ens Helga konungs, Hall traded in divers countries, and was in partnership with king Olave, Ó. H. (pref.), Fb. iii. 239; leggja til félags, to contribute to a common fund, Fms. vi. 183, viii. 20: in the law even matrimony is a félag or partnership (between man and wife),—in respect to the common fund of mundr and heiman-fylgja, vide the Grág.—In COMPDS, denoting common: félags-bú, n. household in common, Sturl. i. 180; félags-fé, n. a common fund, Landn. 33; félags-görð, f. entrance in partnership, Grág. i. 331, Sks. 33, 632: a contract, nema annan veg hafi mælt verít í f. þeirra, Grág. i. 331; félags-hross, n. a horse owned in partnership with others, Grág. i. 436; félags-lagning, f. a ‘laying’ of, or entering into, partnership, Grág. i. 331; félags-maðr, m. a partner, Hkr. ii. 157, Sks. 32; félags-vætti, n. a witness in matters of félag, Grág. i. 330, v. l.

II. a society, association; mann-félag, an association of men; mannlegt félag, etc.; vísinda-f., etc., literary society, is a modern turn of the word, and scarcely occurs earlier than the 17th or 18th century. It is now used in a great many compds: the passage in Sd. ch. 5, p. 123, where it means agreement, is a sure proof that these chapters are spurious.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FÉ-LAG
53 man

man [mæn]

1. noun

(plural men)

   a. homme m

• an old man un vieil homme

• I don't like the man je n'aime pas ce type (inf)

• the man's an idiot c'est un imbécile

• man and wife mari et femme

• to live as man and wife vivre maritalement

• her man (inf) son homme

• my old man (inf) ( = father) mon paternel (inf) ; ( = husband) mon homme (inf)

• he took it like a man il a pris ça courageusement

• he was man enough to apologize il a eu le courage de s'excuser

• any man would have done the same n'importe qui aurait fait de même

• what else could a man do? qu'est-ce qu'on aurait pu faire d'autre ?

   b. ( = sort) I'm a whisky man myself personnellement, je préfère le whisky

• he's a man's man c'est un homme qui est plus à l'aise avec les hommes

• he's a Leeds man il est de Leeds

• he's the man for the job c'est l'homme qu'il nous (or leur etc) faut

• the man in the street Monsieur Tout-le-monde

• a man of the world un homme d'expérience

• a man about town un homme du monde

   c. (in compounds) the ice-cream man le marchand de glaces

• the gas man l'employé m du gaz

   d. ( = humanity in general) Man l'homme m

   e. (Chess) pièce f ; (Draughts) pion m

2. transitive verb

( = provide staff for) assurer une permanence à ; ( = work at) être de service à

• they haven't enough staff to man the office every day ils n'ont pas assez de personnel pour assurer une permanence au bureau tous les jours

• who will man the enquiry desk? qui sera de service au bureau des renseignements ?

• the troops who manned the look-out posts les troupes qui tenaient les postes d'observation

3. compounds

► man-eater noun ( = woman) mante f religieuse

► man-made adjective [fibre, fabric] synthétique ; [lake, barrier] artificiel

► man-to-man adjective adverb

d'homme à homme

* * *
[mæn] 1.
noun (pl men)

1) ( adult male) homme m

middle-aged man — homme d'âge mûr

as one man to another — entre hommes

he's not a man to do — ce n'est pas le genre d'homme à faire

a blind man — un aveugle

an old man — un vieillard

a single man — un célibataire

a ladies' man — un homme à femmes

a beer man — un buveur de bière

a man of God — un homme de Dieu

they've arrested the right man — on a arrêté le vrai coupable

he's your man — c'est l'homme qu'il te faut

man of the match — héros m du match

good man! — ( well done) bravo mon gars!

2) (husband, partner) homme m

he is the right man for her — c'est l'homme qu'il lui fallait

man and wife — mari et femme

to live as man and wife — vivre maritalement

3) ( person) homme m

no man could have done more — personne n'aurait pu faire davantage

as good as the next man — aussi bien que n'importe qui

the common man — l'homme du commun

4) ( person of courage) homme m

be a man — sois un homme

to make a man of somebody — faire un homme de quelqu'un

5) ( mankind) (also Man) l'humanité f

6) Sport ( team member) joueur m

7) ( piece) ( in chess) pièce f; ( in draughts) pion m
2.
men plural noun Military ( subordinates) hommes mpl
3.
transitive verb (p prés etc - nn-)

1) gen tenir [switchboard, desk]

will the telephone be manned? — est-ce qu'il y aura quelqu'un pour répondre au téléphone?

2) Military armer [quelque chose] en hommes [ship]; assigner des hommes à [barricade, gun]
4.
manned past participle adjective [flight, spacecraft, base] habité

fully manned — ( of ship) avec un équipage complet

••

every man for himself — chacun pour soi

to a man — sans exception

as one man — comme un seul homme

to sort out the men from the boys — séparer les hommes des mauviettes (colloq)

he took it like a man — il a pris ça en homme

to be a man's man — aimer être entre hommes

to be one's own man — être son propre maître

English-French dictionary > man
54 τίθημι

τίθημι [pron. full] [τῐ], [ per.] 2sg.

A τιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P,
τίθης
l), Alc.
890
codd. pler., corrupted to τιθείς Pl.R. 376e
Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717; περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep. τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 ( τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg. τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. τίθητι SIG 331.13
(Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl. τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor. τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg. τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) ( τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ἐτίθην Pl.Grg. 500b
; ἐτίθεις Id.R. 528d
, Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.; ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep. τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. τίθεσαν Od.22.456
; τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
; πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); late ἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper. τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep. τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; τιθέμεν Hes.Op. 744
, Pi.P.1.40; τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written τιθῖν Byzantion 8.50
(Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf. θησέμεναι Il.12.35
, θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic, ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep. θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. θές Ar.Lys. 185
, etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion. θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep. θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl. θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT), προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, and κατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. θεῖεν S.OC 865
; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.
θέμεναι Il.2.285
, θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor. θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part. θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); τέθεικα PCair.Zen. 324
(iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl. ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. τίθεσαι Pl.Tht. 202c
; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. τίθεσο Ar. Pax 1039
, Pl. Sph. 237b, τίθου A.Eu. 226
, [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part. τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut. θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg. ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part. θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2 ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg. θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper. θέο Od. 10.333
, θοῦ S.OC 466
; subj. θῶμαι E.HF 486
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg. θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. θείμην S.Ant. 188
, etc.; [ per.] 3sg. θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, but προς-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. τίθεμαι SIG57.25
(Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. τεθήσομαι E.El. 1268
, Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. ἐτέθην E.HF 1245
, Lys.31.28, etc. ( ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. τεθεῖσθαι Ar.Fr. 327
codd. (but f.l.); part. τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense) ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.

A in local sense, set, put, place, λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.; θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself, δίφρον 20.387
);
ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down, IG42(1).122.31
(Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,

a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412; προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
; χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion, ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204; ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med., ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.

b with Preps. of local sense, θεῖσα στέφανον ἀμφὶ βοστρύχοις E.Med. 1160
([voice] Med., ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, as εἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.; ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; πέπλον Ἀθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασι 6.92
(v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, as δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
; ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., as θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
; τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
; ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310; ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ἐς ταφάς S.Aj. 1110
([voice] Med., ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.

c in Poets also with dat. only, χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med., κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.

II Special phrases:

1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί or χείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597; οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.

2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.

3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.

4 set a plant, X.Oec.19.7,9.

b lay a mosaic, PCair.Zen.665.10,15 (iii B.C.).

5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, ἐς τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως ψήφους ἔθεντο A.Ag. 816
: hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123; σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη Pl.Lg. 855d
: also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82; περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, γνώμῃ S.Ph. 1448
codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29; μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.); ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.

6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart, ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470; ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; also μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν 13.121
; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449; καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
; θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729; θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.

7 deposit, as in a bank, τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; θεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὰς τετταράκοντα μνᾶς Hyp.Ath.5
; ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., τὰ ἡμίσεα τῆς οὐσίης θέσθαι παρά τινα Hdt.6.86
.ά, cf. Od.13.207; τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.); ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
; συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς Pl.Lg. 820e
, cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.

8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3; τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
; τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
; τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.); τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med., θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).

9 put down in writing, θοῦ δ' ἐν φρενῶν δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους S.Fr. 597
(cj. Nauck):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐν γράμμασι τεθέντα Pl.Lg. 793b
.

b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13; θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀκριβῶς αὐτὸ θήσομαι λίαν E.Med. 532
; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.

10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,

a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.

b bear arms, fight, τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
; τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
; ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.

c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act., τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).

d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3; εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.

II lay in the grave, bury, ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέα 23.83
(freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass., τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e; ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.

12 τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα
kneel down, Ev.Marc. 15.19
, Ev.Luc.22.41, al.

III set up, of the prizes in games, ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; νικητήρια S.Fr. 537
(so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι Pl.Lg. 719a
; ἐς μέσον ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω Hdt.3.142
; so also τ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.

2 set up in a temple, dedicate, ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
; τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).

IV assign, award, τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
; ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., without ὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., Ἴωνα δ' αὐτὸν ὄνομα κεκλῆσθαι θήσεται E. Ion75
.

V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass., τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); also θήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
; κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., καλῶς ἔθεντο ταῦτα πατέρες οἱ πάλαι E.Or. 512
: c. dat. et inf., γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.

2 [voice] Med., agree upon, ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.

3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.

VI establish, institute, ἀγῶνας A.Ag. 845
, cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.); πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.

VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods, οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180; ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.); τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846; τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.); ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737; τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
; τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; τὰ πράγματ' ὀρθῶς ἂν τιθῇ πράξει καλῶς E.Fr. 287
:—[voice] Med., administer for oneself, οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
; ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.
τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; εὐτυχίαν τὴν παροῦσαν ἔξεστι καλῶς θέσθαι Th.4.17
; τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
; τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
; τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; τὰ ἴδια ἕκαστοι εὖ βουλόμενοι δὴ θέσθαι Th.4.59
; τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
; εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
; τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5; τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι) , πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up, ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
; θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82; ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; μεθ' ἧς τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών S. OT 633
; τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; τὰς γενομένας συμφορὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέσθαι καλῶς And.1.140
: abs., θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass., εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.

2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice, πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39; ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26; στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.

B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:

I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.; θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.; ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.

2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483; τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.

b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363; ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274; ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
; ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; τ. λεῖον τὸν τραχὺν ἐχῖνον Ar. Pax 1086
; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.

3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).

b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.

c generally, προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.

4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.); μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 178
(lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.

II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ' ἐγώ S.El. 1270
(lyr.); τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον Pl.R. 361b
, cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c; εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; with ὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a; μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.

2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.

3 folld. by Preps., τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
; ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; also οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
; ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
; ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but ἐν οὐδενί BGU1816.23
(i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani)); ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876; ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
; ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
; ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.

4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.

5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.

6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.

7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.

C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist, ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.

2 make, cause, bring to pass, ἔργα Il.3.321
; τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
; ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
; ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers., σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε' ἔθηκεν 1.2
, etc.; πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; φόως ἑτάροισιν 6
6, etc.; χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
; πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
; εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
; αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).

3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418; θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο 17.158
; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226; εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.

4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5; μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276; θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
; περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τίθημι
55 moltus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > moltus
56 multi

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multi
57 multus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multus
58 plurimum

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > plurimum
59 volo

1.
vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;
also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:
voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;
so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:
sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:
sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
I.
In gen.
A.
With object-infinitive.
1.
With pres. inf.
a.
To wish.
(α).
Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:
potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:
ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:
ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:
natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:
video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:
quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:
si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:
quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:
quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:
si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:
priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:
si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:
non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:
suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:
Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
(β).
Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
(γ).
Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:
neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
b.
Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:
in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:
maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:
consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
c.
= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:
ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:
eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:
puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:
necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:
hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;
volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:
tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:
non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—
Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:
sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:
cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:
ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:
bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:
ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:
at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:
eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:
cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:
si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:
(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:
rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:
ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
d.
= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:
quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:
nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:
de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:
audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
e.
To mean, of actions and expressions:
hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:
non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):
quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:
volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:
adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
f.
To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:
nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:
sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:
sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:
si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:
ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:
hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
g.
To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):
quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:
quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:
si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:
at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:
P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
h.
Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:
sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:
vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:
i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:
illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:
ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:
si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:
ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:
visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:
volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
k.
Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):
uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
1.
To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:
is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:
hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:
ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:
plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:
dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:
heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:
cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:
nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
m.
To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;
si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:
utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:
de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:
laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:
vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
n.
To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):
haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:
Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
o.
To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):
magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
2.
With pres. inf. understood.
a.
Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
(α).
To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):
nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:
proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:
nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:
tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:
sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:
quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:
neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—
(β).
To choose, be pleased (freq.):
tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:
id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:
habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:
rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:
provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:
quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:
senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:
saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;
26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:
at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
(γ).
To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):
sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:
scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:
ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
(δ).
To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:
jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:
patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
(ε).
To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):
tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
b.
With ellipsis of inf.
(α).
Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:
nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:
volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:
hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —
(β).
With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
(γ).
In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
3.
With perfect infinitive active (rare).
a.
In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
(α).
In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:
edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —
(β).
In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:
interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:
oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:
ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
b.
In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:
sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
c.
To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
(α).
In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
(β).
In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,
an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:
qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.
B.
With acc. and inf.
1.
To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
a.
With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:
deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:
emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:
scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:
si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:
consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:
vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:
nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:
harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:
ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:
si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:
si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:
regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:
mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:
volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
b.
With the same subject.
(α).
With inf. act.:
quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:
volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:
judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:
vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
(β).
With inf. pass.:
quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:
qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:
religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:
Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —
2.
Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:
me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:
viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:
pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:
(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:
causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:
quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:
nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:
senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:
quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:
ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:
quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:
quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:
quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:
sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
3.
Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:
Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:
Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:
primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:
quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:
si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:
quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:
quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
4.
To resolve:
Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:
si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:
senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §
160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:
tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
5.
To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:
montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
6.
To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):
obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:
Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:
petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:
orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:
quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:
si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:
cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
7.
To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:
voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:
vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:
si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
8.
To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
(α).
To imagine, consider:
est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:
semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:
si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
(β).
To be of opinion, to hold:
vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:
volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:
vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:
alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:
vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:
volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
(γ).
To say, assert:
si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:
sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:
ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:
Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
(δ).
To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:
unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
(ε).
To mean, with perf. inf.:
utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:
quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
(ζ).
Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:
ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
9.
In partic.
a.
With things as subjects.
(α).
Things personified:
ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:
cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:
quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:
me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:
hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—
(β).
Of laws, to provide:
duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:
lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
b.
With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
(α).
The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:
nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:
propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:
daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:
sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
(β).
With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:
aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:
eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:
nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:
rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:
Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;
26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:
si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:
velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:
liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:
obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:
quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:
quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:
volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
c.
With predic. adj., without copula.
(α).
The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):
si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:
ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:
ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:
quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:
irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
(β).
Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):
in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:
qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:
ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
d.
With an inf.-clause understood.
(α).
Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:
stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:
senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:
neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
(β).
Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:
deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
(γ).
To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):
acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
(δ).
To require, demand (v B. 7.):
veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;
and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—
(ε).
To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):
ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:
nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
(ζ).
With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
C.
With ut, ne, or ut ne.
1.
With ut.
a.
To wish:
volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:
quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:
ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:
velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:
quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:
equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:
his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
b.
It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):
at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:
volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;
12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
c.
To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:
id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
d.
With other verbs:
quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:
quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;
with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;
with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;
with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—
2.
With ne:
at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:
quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:
credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
3.
With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
D.
With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
1.
To wish:
ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:
volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:
hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:
ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:
quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:
volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:
Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:
eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:
visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:
volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
2.
To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:
volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—
3.
With subj.-clause understood:
abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
E.
With object nouns, etc.
1.
With acc. of a thing.
a.
With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:
voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:
animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:
quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,
gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:
aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:
discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:
mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):
si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:
pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:
ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:
cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:
mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
b.
Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:
quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:
voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:
restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:
si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:
per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:
ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:
utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:
ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:
quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
c.
With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:
immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:
proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:
nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:
siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:
hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:
privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:
quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:
pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:
nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:
hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:
hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
d.
With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:
eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:
sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:
mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:
quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:
quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:
spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:
capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:
sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:
quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:
hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—
e.
With rel. pron.:
quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:
ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:
illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:
si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:
multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:
quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:
quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:
uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:
sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:
illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:
bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:
cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:
Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
f.
With indef. pronn.
(α).
Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:
eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —
(β).
Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:
ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:
nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
(γ).
Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:
visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:
numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:
numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:
frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:
rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
2.
With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
(α).
To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):
Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:
bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:
solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:
quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:
hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:
quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:
centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):
volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:
sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:
Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
(β).
To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):
hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:
sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:
quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:
aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:
quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
(γ).
To wish to have:
roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:
ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—
With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
3.
With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;
not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:
face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:
num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:
nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:
narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:
quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:
numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:
quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:
si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:
cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):
paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:
est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
4.
With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;
rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:
si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:
praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:
nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:
cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
a.
Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):
quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:
haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
b.
What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
(α).
In 1 st pers. (rare):
nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:
quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
(β).
In 2 d pers.:
quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:
quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:
quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:
quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:
quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:
roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:
pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
(γ).
In 3 d pers.:
quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:
quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:
proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:
quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:
conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:
qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:
quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
(δ).
Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:
ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:
quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:
quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §
186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:
quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:
tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—
5.
Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:
jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:
ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:
egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:
nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:
quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:
atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:
utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:
non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:
nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:
illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
6.
With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
(α).
With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:
repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:
accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
(β).
Without omnia:
per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:
sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:
etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:
valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:
illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;
12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:
regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:
credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
7.
With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:
meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:
nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:
nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:
saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
F.
Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:
quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:
quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:
in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:
tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:
quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:
sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:
velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:
velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
II.
In partic.
A.
Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
1.
In imperative sentences.
a.
In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:
nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:
nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:
noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
b.
Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:
neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—
c.
In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;
rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:
di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:
credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
d.
In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:
aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:
monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:
et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):
legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:
a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:
utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:
cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:
edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
2.
In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:
non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:
si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:
si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:
si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:
dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;
so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:
qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:
conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:
quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:
ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;
Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:
ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:
quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:
nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
3.
In declarative sentences.
a.
Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):
vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:
justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:
illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:
illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:
quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:
esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
b.
With pres. inf.:
propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:
sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
c.
With perf. act. inf.:
pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
d.
In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:
eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:
si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §
114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:
talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:
utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:
sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
B.
Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
1.
With verb in the second person.
a.
With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
(α).
As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:
ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:
eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:
eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:
velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:
tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:
velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:
tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:
haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:
Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
(β).
Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):
vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:
quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:
ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;
so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
b.
With infinitive clause.
(α).
With the force of a modest imperative:
sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:
extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):
itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
(β).
As a mere wish:
velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:
primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:
hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
With ut (rare):
de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
d.
With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
2.
With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
a.
With pres. subj.:
ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:
de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:
velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:
sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:
nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:
tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:
velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
b.
With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):
nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
c.
With inf.-clause:
ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:
velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;
deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:
quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:
moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:
nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
3.
With verb in the first person.
a.
With inf. pres. (so most freq.):
atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:
velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:
quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:
nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:
sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:
interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
b.
With acc. and inf.:
quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:
ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
c.
With subj. pres.:
eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
4.
Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:
aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:
velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:
si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:
nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:
si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
5.
The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
a.
Velis.
(α).
Imperatively = cupito:
quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:
atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—
(β).
Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
(γ).
Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
b.
Velit.
(α).
Modestly for vult:
te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:
ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
(β).
= imperative of third person:
arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
Velimus.
(α).
In the optative sense of velim:
sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
(β).
With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
d.
Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):
novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:
rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:
velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:
velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:
rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:
vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.
in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—
e.
Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
C.
Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:
de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:
quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
1.
With verb in first person.
a.
With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:
videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:
vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:
quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:
nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:
tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:
maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:
sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
b.
With perf. inf., I wish I had:
abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:
maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:
quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:
non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:
ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —
c.
With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
d.
With subj. imperf. (rare):
quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
2.
The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
a.
With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):
hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:
quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
b.
With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:
vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:
quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:
vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:
quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
c.
With ne and pluperf. subj.:
tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
d.
With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
3.
With verb in third person.
a.
With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:
vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:
vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:
vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:
vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
b.
With pluperf. subj.:
vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:
vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:
quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
c.
With inf.-clause.
(α).
With inf. pres., I wish he were:
quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:
nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—
(β).
With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:
quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:
epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—
With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
d.
With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
4.
With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:
aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
5.
In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
a.
Velles.
(α).
In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
(β).
Of an indefinite subject:
velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
b.
Vellet.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;
sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—
(β).
Conditionally:
quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—
c.
Vellent.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem:
quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—
(β).
Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
D.
Volam and voluero.
1.
In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;
si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
2.
Volam in principal sentences.
(α).
= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:
et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
(β).
Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
3.
In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:
quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:
tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:
decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:
qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:
quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:
invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:
quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
E.
Si vis, parenthetically.
1.
If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):
paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:
audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:
dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
2.
If you wish, choose, insist upon it:
hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:
addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:
concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
F.
Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
1.
3 d pers. sing.:
quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:
quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
2.
1 st pers. plur.:
quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
3.
2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;
but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
4.
3 d pers. plur.:
quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:
quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;
but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
G.
Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):
quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:
malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:
famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.
H.
With magis and maxime.
1.
Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
2.
With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):
quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:
caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:
tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:
alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:
si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
K.
In disjunctive co - ordination.
1.
With sive... sive:
tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:
itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
2.
Without connectives.
a.
Vis tu... vis:
congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
b.
Velim nolim.
(α).
Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:
velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
(β).
= seu velim seu nolim:
ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:
mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:
hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:
velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:
praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
A.
As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
1.
Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;
rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:
nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:
Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:
scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:
si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
2.
Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):
ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,
Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:
ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
B.
As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
1.
Attributively.
a.
In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):
sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:
cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:
virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—
b.
Volenti animo.
(α).
= cupide, eagerly:
Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —
(β).
On purpose, intentionally:
consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—
2.
Predicatively.
a.
Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
(α).
Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):
(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:
quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:
quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:
si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:
quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:
itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:
(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:
volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;
12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
(β).
Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:
precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:
precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:
in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:
agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:
omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:
si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
b.
Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:
quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:
is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:
gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:
me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:
saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
c.
In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;
rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:
quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:
grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:
quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:
si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:
si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —
3.
As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
a.
vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
(α).
One who wishes:
nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:
consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:
quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:
discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:
nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:
mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—
(β).
One who intends, is about:
juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:
si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
(γ).
One who is willing:
non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:
ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
(δ).
One who consents:
tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:
quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:
si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:
nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
(ε).
One who does a thing voluntarily:
pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:
parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—
(ζ).
Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:
hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
b.
In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:
Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:
haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:
iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
2.
vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
I.
Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):
aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:
accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:
corvi,
id. 2, 822:
altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:
volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:
columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:
apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:
volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:
sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
2.
P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
II.
Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:
i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:
per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:
illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:
currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:
axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:
nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:
fulmina,
id. 2, 213:
tempestates,
id. 6, 612:
telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:
litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:
volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:
fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:
et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:
ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.
3.
vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):
volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:
volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:
vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo
60 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Silent Men — (French Les muets ) is a short story written in 1957. It is the third short story published in the volume Exile and the Kingdom by Albert Camus.Plot summaryThe Silent Men is the story of a day in the life of a forty year old cooper named Yvars.… … Wikipedia
The Righteous Men — infobox Book name = The Righteous Men orig title = translator = author = Sam Bourne (Also known as Jonathan Freedland) country = United Kingdom language = English genre = Religion, Thriller, Crime, Mystery novel publisher = HarperCollins (UK)… … Wikipedia
The First Men in the Moon — For other uses, see The First Men in the Moon (disambiguation). The First Men in the Moon … Wikipedia
The common run — Run Run, n. 1. The act of running; as, a long run; a good run; a quick run; to go on the run. [1913 Webster] 2. A small stream; a brook; a creek. [1913 Webster] 3. That which runs or flows in the course of a certain operation, or during a certain … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Out of the common — Common Com mon, a. [Compar. {Commoner}; superl. {Commonest}.] [OE. commun, comon, OF. comun, F. commun, fr. L. communis; com + munis ready to be of service; cf. Skr. mi to make fast, set up, build, Goth. gamains common, G. gemein, and E. mean low … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Oath of the Honourable Men — The Oath of the Honourable Men were sworn to by all supporters of the Pilgrimage of Grace led by Robert Aske during the reign of Henry VIII of England. Ye shall not enter into this our Pilgrimage of Grace for the common wealth but only for the… … Wikipedia
Brethren of the Common Life — The Brethren of the Common Life was a Roman Catholic religious community founded in the 14th century by Gerard Groote, formerly a successful and worldly educator who had had a religious experience and preached a life of simple devotion to Jesus… … Wikipedia
Brethren of the Common Life — Brethren of the Common Life † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Brethren of the Common Life A community founded by Geert De Groote, of rich burgher stock, born at Deventer in Gelderland in 1340; died 1384. Having read at Cologne, at the… … Catholic encyclopedia
To the Quiet Men from a Tiny Girl — Infobox Album | Name = To the Quiet Men from a Tiny Girl Type = Album Artist = Nurse With Wound Released = 1980 Recorded = January 1980 Genre = Industrial, Experimental Length = 50:57 Label = United Dairies Producer = The Bombay Ducks Reviews =… … Wikipedia
Gotham, the Wise Men of — Many English villages were mocked for alleged stupidity, but only Gotham, seven miles from Nottingham, was famous well beyond its neighbourhood. There is a brief allusion to the foles of Gotam in a 15th century play, and a whole cycle of jokes … A Dictionary of English folklore
The Church — The Church † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

the+common+men

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

the+common+men

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: